<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://sotawiki.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=174.45.104.195</id>
	<title>SotA Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://sotawiki.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=174.45.104.195"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/sota/Special:Contributions/174.45.104.195"/>
	<updated>2026-08-02T18:01:59Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.9</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145489</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145489"/>
		<updated>2025-11-04T06:49:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Understanding_the_Avatar%27s_Movement_Stats&amp;diff=145488</id>
		<title>Understanding the Avatar&#039;s Movement Stats</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Understanding_the_Avatar%27s_Movement_Stats&amp;diff=145488"/>
		<updated>2025-11-04T06:38:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Avatar&amp;#039;s Movement on Foot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Avatar&#039;s Movement on Foot=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When on foot, the Avatar has three speed-based movement modes: &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Walk Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - slow speed. The default hotkey is keypad backslash, which toggles between walk and run modes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Run Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - moderate speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Fast Run Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - fast speed. Running at this pace will drain your focus. This mode can be activated by rapidly double-tapping and then holding down the &amp;quot;W&amp;quot; key. You can only fast run if your Avatar is not in walk mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in each of the movement modes, the Avatar&#039;s on-foot quickness is described by 3 variables: &lt;br /&gt;
* Movement Speed (also known as Move Speed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Move Rate&lt;br /&gt;
* Current Speed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- :: [[File:Move Paper Doll.png||Movement Stats on Paper Doll]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Movement Speed (also known as Move Speed)===&lt;br /&gt;
: Movement speed (called &amp;quot;movement&amp;quot; on the paper doll stats; the first number that is shown) is a baseline measure of how fast you could move if you were to do a regular run on foot (i.e. not a fast run). Note: this number &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;does not represent your current movement speed&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;; it shows your potential movement speed if you were to run in the absence of movement rate modifiers (such as encumbrance).&lt;br /&gt;
::{{#spoiler:show=Click for a List of Things That Effect Movement Speed| hide=Things That Effect Movement Speed|&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:::Things that &#039;&#039;&#039;increase&#039;&#039;&#039; movement speed when on foot:&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* Fast Run Mode (double-tap W key rapidly, then hold down W key) - this pace will drain your focus.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Dash]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Berserker&#039;s Stance]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Sprint]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Fleet Flute]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Boots of Skulking]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Boots of the Energetic Tamer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Savage Sash of Swiftness]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[The Shroud of the Avatar]] - if your virtue is good.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Quartermaster&#039;s Cutlass]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Potion of Wolf Speed]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::Things that &#039;&#039;&#039;decrease&#039;&#039;&#039; movement speed when on foot:&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Belt of the Ox]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Necklace of Cautious Precision]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[The Shroud of the Avatar]] - if your virtue is evil.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Move Rate===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Move rate is a modifier (multiplier) that is applied to the movement speed, and is shown on the paper doll as the % in the parenthesis next to the &amp;quot;movement&amp;quot; number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::{{#spoiler:show=Click for a List of Things That Effect Move Rate| hide=Things That Effect Move Rate|&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:::Things that &#039;&#039;&#039;increase&#039;&#039;&#039; Move Rate when on foot:&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* Backslot items on which the move rate buff was applied using the [[Masterwork Tailoring Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* Equipment socketed with the [[Imbued Jewel of the Lagomorph]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Lavalliere of the Lagomorph]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Pirate Tricorn Hat of the Cap&#039;n]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Carnal Vile Shield]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::Things that &#039;&#039;&#039;decrease&#039;&#039;&#039; Move Rate when on foot:&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* Walk mode (default hotkey is keypad backslash, which toggles between walk and run modes).&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Encumbrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Psalm of Stagnation]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Disabling Shot]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Chaos Bolt]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Hamstring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Ice Fist]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Ice Arrow]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Ice Field]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Icy Thrust]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Icy Puncture]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Glacial Glissade]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Current Speed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: SOTA also keeps track of a variable called &amp;quot;Current Speed&amp;quot;, which is a measure of your current movement pace (how fast you are actually moving at a given time). However, the &amp;quot;current speed&amp;quot; number is not accessible via the standard SOTA user interface (but it can be seen with some player-created tools, such as [https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/forum/index.php?threads/companion-of-the-avatar.63828/ Companion of the Avatar]).&lt;br /&gt;
:When moving on foot, the formula to calculate &amp;quot;current speed&amp;quot; is:&lt;br /&gt;
::: &#039;&#039;&#039;Current Speed = movement speed x move rate&#039;&#039;&#039;​&lt;br /&gt;
:For example, let&#039;s say an avatar has a baseline movement speed of 6.9 with a 140% move rate. When this avatar runs, the current speed would 9.6 (6.9 movement speed x 1.4 move rate = 9.6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Going into [[Combat|Combat Stance]] will decrease current speed by approximately 10% (going into Combat Stance does not directly effect Movement Speed or Movement Rate, so you will not see a change in either of those stats).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limitations on Speed Buffs===&lt;br /&gt;
: There is no limit on the speed buffs that you can have active when the buffs arise from non-instrument items that you have equipped (i.e. regardless of how many items with a speed buff that you equip, their buffs will all be applied). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: However, for speed buffs that arise from a potion, an instrument, or a glyph, the avatar can have a maximum of 2 of these active at a time. If you already have 2 of these speed buffs active, then trying to add another speed buff will overwrite one of the existing speed buffs.  For example, if the avatar has a [[Potion of Wolf Speed]] and [[Berserker&#039;s Stance]] active and then casts [[Dash]], the Dash will overwrite Berserker&#039;s Stance (leaving the avatar with only Potion of Wolf Speed and Dash active). Note that all of the effects of Berserker&#039;s Stance are overwritten in this case (such that the skill is entirely negated).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Avatar&#039;s Movement When Mounted=&lt;br /&gt;
When the Avatar is on a Mount, the mount has three speed-based movement modes:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mounted Walk Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - slow speed. The default hotkey is keypad backslash, which toggles between walk and run modes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mounted Gallop/Run Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - moderate speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mounted Sprint Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - fast speed. This mode can be activated by rapidly double-tapping the &amp;quot;W&#039; and then holding down W key. You can only sprint if your mount is not in walk mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exact way in which the movement stats are applied to mounts is unknown. However, the stats are probably analogous to stats used for the Avatar&#039;s &amp;quot;on foot&amp;quot; quickness, so the following stats are proposed:&lt;br /&gt;
* Mounted Speed (similar to Movement Speed for on-foot Avatar)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mounted Move Rate (similar to Move Rate for on-foot Avatar)&lt;br /&gt;
* Current Mounted Speed (similar to Current Speed for on-foot Avatar) - this stat is not visible in the user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Paper doll, the two &amp;quot;Movement&amp;quot; stats that are displayed depend on whether the Avatar is mounted or not:&lt;br /&gt;
* When on foot - the stats displayed are Movement Speed and Movement Rate.&lt;br /&gt;
* When Mounted - the stats displayed are Mounted Speed and Mounted Move Rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following skills/items increase the [[Mounted Speed]]:&lt;br /&gt;
*  Mounted Sprint Mode (double-tap W key rapidly, then hold down W key)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mounted Proficiency]] (in the [[Tactics Skills|Tactics]] tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mounted Speed Focus]] (in the [[Tactics Skills|Tactics]] tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Supple Gloves of Riding]] - the tool-tip on these gloves always says +0 Mounted Speed, which is a bug where the interface is taking the small buff and rounding to the nearest whole number (which is zero). But it has been confirmed that these gloves do add a small buff.&lt;br /&gt;
The following skills/items can increase [[Mounted Sprint Speed]]:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mounted Gallop Speed]] (in the [[Tactics Skills|Tactics]] tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spurred Boots]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel of the Spurred]].&lt;br /&gt;
The following skill/items can increase Mounted Move Rate:&lt;br /&gt;
* Mounted Walk Mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Controls]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Understanding_the_Avatar%27s_Movement_Stats&amp;diff=145487</id>
		<title>Understanding the Avatar&#039;s Movement Stats</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Understanding_the_Avatar%27s_Movement_Stats&amp;diff=145487"/>
		<updated>2025-11-04T06:38:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Avatar&amp;#039;s Movement on Foot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Avatar&#039;s Movement on Foot=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When on foot, the Avatar has three speed-based movement modes: &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Walk Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - slow speed. The default hotkey is keypad backslash, which toggles between walk and run modes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Run Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - moderate speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Fast Run Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - fast speed. Running at this pace will drain your focus. This mode can be activated by rapidly double-tapping and then holding down the &amp;quot;W&amp;quot; key. You can only fast run if your Avatar is not in walk mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in each of the movement modes, the Avatar&#039;s on-foot is quickness is described by 3 variables: &lt;br /&gt;
* Movement Speed (also known as Move Speed)&lt;br /&gt;
* Move Rate&lt;br /&gt;
* Current Speed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- :: [[File:Move Paper Doll.png||Movement Stats on Paper Doll]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Movement Speed (also known as Move Speed)===&lt;br /&gt;
: Movement speed (called &amp;quot;movement&amp;quot; on the paper doll stats; the first number that is shown) is a baseline measure of how fast you could move if you were to do a regular run on foot (i.e. not a fast run). Note: this number &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;does not represent your current movement speed&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;; it shows your potential movement speed if you were to run in the absence of movement rate modifiers (such as encumbrance).&lt;br /&gt;
::{{#spoiler:show=Click for a List of Things That Effect Movement Speed| hide=Things That Effect Movement Speed|&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:::Things that &#039;&#039;&#039;increase&#039;&#039;&#039; movement speed when on foot:&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* Fast Run Mode (double-tap W key rapidly, then hold down W key) - this pace will drain your focus.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Dash]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Berserker&#039;s Stance]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Sprint]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Fleet Flute]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Boots of Skulking]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Boots of the Energetic Tamer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Savage Sash of Swiftness]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[The Shroud of the Avatar]] - if your virtue is good.&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Quartermaster&#039;s Cutlass]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Potion of Wolf Speed]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::Things that &#039;&#039;&#039;decrease&#039;&#039;&#039; movement speed when on foot:&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Belt of the Ox]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Necklace of Cautious Precision]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[The Shroud of the Avatar]] - if your virtue is evil.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Move Rate===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Move rate is a modifier (multiplier) that is applied to the movement speed, and is shown on the paper doll as the % in the parenthesis next to the &amp;quot;movement&amp;quot; number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::{{#spoiler:show=Click for a List of Things That Effect Move Rate| hide=Things That Effect Move Rate|&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:::Things that &#039;&#039;&#039;increase&#039;&#039;&#039; Move Rate when on foot:&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* Backslot items on which the move rate buff was applied using the [[Masterwork Tailoring Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* Equipment socketed with the [[Imbued Jewel of the Lagomorph]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Lavalliere of the Lagomorph]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Pirate Tricorn Hat of the Cap&#039;n]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Carnal Vile Shield]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::Things that &#039;&#039;&#039;decrease&#039;&#039;&#039; Move Rate when on foot:&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* Walk mode (default hotkey is keypad backslash, which toggles between walk and run modes).&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Encumbrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Psalm of Stagnation]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Disabling Shot]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Chaos Bolt]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Hamstring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Ice Fist]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Ice Arrow]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Ice Field]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Icy Thrust]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Icy Puncture]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::::* [[Glacial Glissade]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Current Speed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: SOTA also keeps track of a variable called &amp;quot;Current Speed&amp;quot;, which is a measure of your current movement pace (how fast you are actually moving at a given time). However, the &amp;quot;current speed&amp;quot; number is not accessible via the standard SOTA user interface (but it can be seen with some player-created tools, such as [https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/forum/index.php?threads/companion-of-the-avatar.63828/ Companion of the Avatar]).&lt;br /&gt;
:When moving on foot, the formula to calculate &amp;quot;current speed&amp;quot; is:&lt;br /&gt;
::: &#039;&#039;&#039;Current Speed = movement speed x move rate&#039;&#039;&#039;​&lt;br /&gt;
:For example, let&#039;s say an avatar has a baseline movement speed of 6.9 with a 140% move rate. When this avatar runs, the current speed would 9.6 (6.9 movement speed x 1.4 move rate = 9.6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Going into [[Combat|Combat Stance]] will decrease current speed by approximately 10% (going into Combat Stance does not directly effect Movement Speed or Movement Rate, so you will not see a change in either of those stats).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limitations on Speed Buffs===&lt;br /&gt;
: There is no limit on the speed buffs that you can have active when the buffs arise from non-instrument items that you have equipped (i.e. regardless of how many items with a speed buff that you equip, their buffs will all be applied). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: However, for speed buffs that arise from a potion, an instrument, or a glyph, the avatar can have a maximum of 2 of these active at a time. If you already have 2 of these speed buffs active, then trying to add another speed buff will overwrite one of the existing speed buffs.  For example, if the avatar has a [[Potion of Wolf Speed]] and [[Berserker&#039;s Stance]] active and then casts [[Dash]], the Dash will overwrite Berserker&#039;s Stance (leaving the avatar with only Potion of Wolf Speed and Dash active). Note that all of the effects of Berserker&#039;s Stance are overwritten in this case (such that the skill is entirely negated).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Avatar&#039;s Movement When Mounted=&lt;br /&gt;
When the Avatar is on a Mount, the mount has three speed-based movement modes:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mounted Walk Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - slow speed. The default hotkey is keypad backslash, which toggles between walk and run modes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mounted Gallop/Run Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - moderate speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mounted Sprint Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; - fast speed. This mode can be activated by rapidly double-tapping the &amp;quot;W&#039; and then holding down W key. You can only sprint if your mount is not in walk mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exact way in which the movement stats are applied to mounts is unknown. However, the stats are probably analogous to stats used for the Avatar&#039;s &amp;quot;on foot&amp;quot; quickness, so the following stats are proposed:&lt;br /&gt;
* Mounted Speed (similar to Movement Speed for on-foot Avatar)&lt;br /&gt;
* Mounted Move Rate (similar to Move Rate for on-foot Avatar)&lt;br /&gt;
* Current Mounted Speed (similar to Current Speed for on-foot Avatar) - this stat is not visible in the user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Paper doll, the two &amp;quot;Movement&amp;quot; stats that are displayed depend on whether the Avatar is mounted or not:&lt;br /&gt;
* When on foot - the stats displayed are Movement Speed and Movement Rate.&lt;br /&gt;
* When Mounted - the stats displayed are Mounted Speed and Mounted Move Rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following skills/items increase the [[Mounted Speed]]:&lt;br /&gt;
*  Mounted Sprint Mode (double-tap W key rapidly, then hold down W key)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mounted Proficiency]] (in the [[Tactics Skills|Tactics]] tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mounted Speed Focus]] (in the [[Tactics Skills|Tactics]] tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Supple Gloves of Riding]] - the tool-tip on these gloves always says +0 Mounted Speed, which is a bug where the interface is taking the small buff and rounding to the nearest whole number (which is zero). But it has been confirmed that these gloves do add a small buff.&lt;br /&gt;
The following skills/items can increase [[Mounted Sprint Speed]]:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mounted Gallop Speed]] (in the [[Tactics Skills|Tactics]] tree)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spurred Boots]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel of the Spurred]].&lt;br /&gt;
The following skill/items can increase Mounted Move Rate:&lt;br /&gt;
* Mounted Walk Mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Controls]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Parry&amp;diff=145449</id>
		<title>Parry</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Parry&amp;diff=145449"/>
		<updated>2025-11-04T02:02:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Skill&lt;br /&gt;
| skill = Tactics Strategy Glyph&lt;br /&gt;
| type = Active&lt;br /&gt;
| required=10 Healthy&lt;br /&gt;
| desc = Parry gives the player a chance to block the eligible incoming attacks for a modest amount of time. For the first few seconds immediately after using Parry, you will receive a much larger bonus. Tactics Specialization increases the duration of the larger bonus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parry: The parry skill can now be used with any melee weapon. A successful parry blocks an amount of damage based on the weapon power and player strength. Most ranged attacks and spells can no longer be parried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| cost=4&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=109&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Effect==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Skill effect list&lt;br /&gt;
|effect1  = Cooldown: 30 seconds&lt;br /&gt;
|effect2  = +30.3 Combat Parry Modifier for 2 seconds &lt;br /&gt;
|color2   = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect3  = +10.1 Combat Parry Modifier for 22.2 seconds &lt;br /&gt;
|color3   = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect4  = &lt;br /&gt;
|note4    = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect5  = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect6  = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect7  = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect8  = &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(effects increase with skill level)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Trivia==&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to [[Release 21]], this skill was part of the [[Blades school]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Tactics Strategy}}[[Category:Tactics Skills]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145448</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145448"/>
		<updated>2025-11-04T01:51:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145447</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145447"/>
		<updated>2025-11-04T01:51:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case your will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145446</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145446"/>
		<updated>2025-11-04T01:48:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. However, if you fall into a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case your will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access resurrection item regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145445</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145445"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:59:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totems, with each type having 6 levels. The totem will spawn the creature in its name (i.e. Lich totems will spawn liches, kobold totems will spawn kobolds, etc.). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. The maximum totem level is level 6. The types of totems are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures==&lt;br /&gt;
To enable spawns in your [[Player Dungeon]], you must do the following steps in order.&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of a spawn room - to accomplish this, you must place your dungeon into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and then use the [[Decoration]] mechanic to place a totem on the pedestal of a spawn room.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then put your dungeon in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]] - when you enter a dungeon that is in Adventure Mode, rooms with a totem on the pedestal will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures (that are more difficult to defeat).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145444</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145444"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:58:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totems, with each type having 6 levels. The totem will spawn the creature in its name (i.e. Lich totems will spawn liches, kobold totems will spawn kobolds, etc.). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. The maximum totem level is level 6. The types of totems are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures==&lt;br /&gt;
To enable spawns in your [[Player Dungeon]], you must do the following steps in order.&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of a spawn room - to accomplish this, you must place your dungeon into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and then use the [[Decoration]] mechanic to place a totem on the pedestal of a spawn room.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then put your dungeon in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]]. When you enter a dungeon that is in Adventure Mode, rooms with a totem on the pedestal will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures (that are more difficult to defeat).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145443</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145443"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:56:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totems, with each type having 6 levels. The totem will spawn the creature in its name (i.e. Lich totems will spawn liches, kobold totems will spawn kobolds, etc.). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. The maximum totem level is level 6. The types of totems are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures==&lt;br /&gt;
To enable spawns in your [[Player Dungeon]], you must do the following steps in order.&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of a spawn room - to accomplish this, you must place your dungeon into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and then place a totem on the pedestal in a spawn room&lt;br /&gt;
* Then put your dungeon in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]]. When you enter a dungeon that is in Adventure Mode, rooms with a totem on the pedestal will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures (that are more difficult to defeat).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145442</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145442"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:46:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totems, with each type having 6 levels. The totem will spawn the creature in its name (i.e. Lich totems will spawn liches, kobold totems will spawn kobolds, etc.). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. The maximum totem level is level 6. The types of totems are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures==&lt;br /&gt;
To enable spawns, you must put your dungeon into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and then place a totem on the pedestal in a spawn room. If you put your dungeon in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem on the pedestal will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures (that are more difficult to defeat).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145441</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145441"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:45:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totems, with each type having 6 levels. The totem will spawn the creature in its name (i.e. Lich totems will spawn liches, kobold totems will spawn kobolds, etc.). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. The maximum totem level is level 6. The types of totems are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures==&lt;br /&gt;
To enable spawns, you must put your dungeon  go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and then place a totem on the pedestal in a spawn room. If you put your dungeon in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem on the pedestal will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures (that are more difficult to defeat).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145440</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145440"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:39:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Types and Levels of Totems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totems, with each type having 6 levels. The totem will spawn the creature in its name (i.e. Lich totems will spawn liches, kobold totems will spawn kobolds, etc.). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. The maximum totem level is level 6. The types of totems are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145439</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145439"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:38:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Types and Levels of Totems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totems, with each type having 6 levels. The totem will spawn the creature in its name (i.e. Lich totems will spawn liches, kobold totems will spawn kobolds, etc.). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. The maximum totem level is level 6.&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145438</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145438"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:29:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Types and Levels of Totems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totem (with each type available in 6 levels). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. &lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145437</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145437"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:23:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Crafting the Totems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totem (with each type available in 6 levels):&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145436</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145436"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:17:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Collect &amp;quot;Essences&amp;quot; for the creature that you wish to spawn. Then, you can craft a totem at the [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. For example, 100 Lich Essences can create a Tier 1 Lich Totem (which will spawn Tier 1 [[Lich]]es when placed in a spawn room).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem. Higher-tier totems produce enemies with higher threat levels. The chart below indicates how many lower-tier totems are required to create a higher-tier totem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating tier 2 to tier 6 totems is: # of totems in table below and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one totem that is a tier higher than the ones used in the recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totem (with each type available in 6 levels):&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145435</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145435"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T13:11:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Crafting the Totems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Collect &amp;quot;Essences&amp;quot; for the creature that you wish to spawn. Then, you can craft a totem at the [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. For example, 100 Lich Essences can create a Tier 1 Lich Totem (which will spawn Tier 1 [[Lich]]es when placed in a spawn room).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem. Higher-tier totems produce enemies with higher threat levels. The chart below indicates how many lower-tier totems are required to create a higher-tier totem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating tier 2 to tier 6 totems is: # of totems in table below and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one totem that is a tier higher than the ones used in the recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totem (with each type available in 6 levels):&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145434</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145434"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:50:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Crafting the Totems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Collect &amp;quot;Essences&amp;quot; for the creature that you wish to spawn. Then, you can craft a totem at the [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes for totems require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (either learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and click &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. For example, 100 Lich Essences can create a Tier 1 Lich Totem (which will spawn Tier 1 [[Lich]]es when placed in a spawn room).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem. Higher-tier totems produce enemies with higher threat levels. The chart below indicates how many lower-tier totems are required to create a higher-tier totem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating tier 2 to tier 6 totems is: # of totems in table below and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one totem that is a tier higher than the ones used in the recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totem (with each type available in 6 levels):&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145433</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145433"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:47:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Collect &amp;quot;Essences&amp;quot; for the creature that you wish to spawn. Then, you can craft a totem at the [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes for totems require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (either learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and click &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. For example, 100 Lich Essences can create a Tier 1 Lich Totem (which will spawn Tier 1 [[Lich]]es when placed in a spawn room).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the Smelting crafting station to combine multiple lower-tier totems to create a higher-tier totem. Higher-tier totems produce enemies with higher threat levels. The chart below indicates how many lower-tier totems are required to create a higher-tier totem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating tier 2 to tier 6 totems is: # of totems in table below and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one totem that is a tier higher than the ones used in the recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totem (with each type available in 6 levels):&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145432</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145432"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:46:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]] Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Collect &amp;quot;Essences&amp;quot; for the creature that you wish to spawn. Then, you can craft a totem at the [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes for totems require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (either learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and click &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. For example, 100 Lich Essences can create a Tier 1 Lich Totem (which will spawn Tier 1 [[Lich]]es when placed in a spawn room).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the Smelting crafting station to combine multiple lower-tier totems to create a higher-tier totem. Higher-tier totems produce enemies with higher threat levels. The chart below indicates how many lower-tier totems are required to create a higher-tier totem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating tier 2 to tier 6 totems is: # of totems in table below and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one totem that is a tier higher than the ones used in the recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totem (with each type available in 6 levels):&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145431</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=145431"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:45:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any type of Elf (Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, etc.) that resides in any location in the game. There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Collect &amp;quot;Essences&amp;quot; for the creature that you wish to spawn. Then, you can craft a totem at the [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes for totems require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (either learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and click &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. For example, 100 Lich Essences can create a Tier 1 Lich Totem (which will spawn Tier 1 [[Lich]]es when placed in a spawn room).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the Smelting crafting station to combine multiple lower-tier totems to create a higher-tier totem. Higher-tier totems produce enemies with higher threat levels. The chart below indicates how many lower-tier totems are required to create a higher-tier totem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating tier 2 to tier 6 totems is: # of totems in table below and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one totem that is a tier higher than the ones used in the recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totem (with each type available in 6 levels):&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145430</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145430"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:18:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do NOT Give Loot or XP */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145429</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145429"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:14:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145428</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145428"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:13:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145427</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145427"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:11:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Points */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145426</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145426"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:09:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145425</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145425"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:02:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145424</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145424"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T06:01:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145423</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145423"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T05:57:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145422</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145422"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T05:52:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vice versa using the converting recipes, which are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145421</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145421"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T05:23:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but rooms can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vice versa using the converting recipes, which are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145420</id>
		<title>Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145420"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:42:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=2&lt;br /&gt;
|value=100&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|craftrecipe={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;{{PAGENAME}}&#039;&#039;&#039; is an [[Alchemy]] craftable decoration item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Recipe ==&lt;br /&gt;
This recipe can only be obtained in [[The Rise]], and drops as loot from only from the [[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]s and [[Obsidian Elf Warrior]]s that are all in a small room just southwest of the [[Flesh Flayer]]s (Location: 56.004, 25, 160.766; to get there, go to the rise shaft walkway where the troll is standing, then head through the south archway and head down the stairs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=120&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=93&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Mortar and Pestle&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=30 Chaos Plant Pollen;1 Dark Unicorn Blood;1 Light Unicorn Blood;1 Withered Flesh Flayer Baby;5 Pure Elemental Sand;5 Obsidian Chip&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Not Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Decorations]][[Category:Alchemy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Recipe:_Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145419</id>
		<title>Recipe: Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Recipe:_Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145419"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:42:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Letter_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|skillreq=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|skilllvl=120&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|sell price=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
When used, adds the recipe to create a [[Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby]] to your list of known recipes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where Found==&lt;br /&gt;
This recipe can only be obtained in [[The Rise]], and drops as loot from only from the [[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]s and [[Obsidian Elf Warrior]]s that are all in a small room just southwest of the [[Flesh Flayer]]s (Location: 56.004, 25, 160.766; to get there, go to the rise shaft walkway where the troll is standing, then head through the south archway and head down the stairs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release Notes Desciption==&lt;br /&gt;
 When all the ingredients for the recipe are found, players can then craft a Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby using an alchemical and magical procedure at their alchemy crafting station.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://sotawiki.net/sota/Release_93 Release 93]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recipes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Recipe:_Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145418</id>
		<title>Recipe: Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Recipe:_Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145418"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:42:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Letter_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|skillreq=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|skilllvl=120&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|sell price=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
When used, adds the recipe to create a [[Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby]] to your list of known recipes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where Found==&lt;br /&gt;
This recipe can only be obtained in [[The Rise]], and drops as loot from only from Elves ([[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]s and [[Obsidian Elf Warrior]]s that are all in a small room just southwest of the [[Flesh Flayer]]s (Location: 56.004, 25, 160.766; to get there, go to the rise shaft walkway where the troll is standing, then head through the south archway and head down the stairs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release Notes Desciption==&lt;br /&gt;
 When all the ingredients for the recipe are found, players can then craft a Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby using an alchemical and magical procedure at their alchemy crafting station.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://sotawiki.net/sota/Release_93 Release 93]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recipes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145417</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145417"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:36:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145416</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145416"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:35:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]](At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145415</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145415"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:31:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145414</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145414"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:25:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145413</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145413"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:24:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145412</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145412"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:21:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone Where Found !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145411</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145411"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:20:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone Where Found !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145410</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145410"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:15:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone Where Found !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] in Library||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] in Library||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145409</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145409"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:15:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone Where Found !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf ArchMage]] in Library||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf ArchMage]] in Library||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Recipe:_Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145408</id>
		<title>Recipe: Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Recipe:_Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145408"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:04:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Letter_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|skillreq=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|skilllvl=120&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|sell price=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
When used, adds the recipe to create a [[Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby]] to your list of known recipes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where Found==&lt;br /&gt;
This recipe can only be obtained in [[The Rise]], and drops as loot from only 3 specific [[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]s that are all in a small room just southwest of the [[Flesh Flayer]]s (Location: 56.004, 25, 160.766; to get there, go to the rise shaft walkway where the troll is standing, then head through the south archway and head down the stairs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release Notes Desciption==&lt;br /&gt;
 When all the ingredients for the recipe are found, players can then craft a Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby using an alchemical and magical procedure at their alchemy crafting station.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://sotawiki.net/sota/Release_93 Release 93]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Recipes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145407</id>
		<title>Revitalized Flesh Flayer Baby</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Revitalized_Flesh_Flayer_Baby&amp;diff=145407"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T03:04:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=2&lt;br /&gt;
|value=100&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|craftrecipe={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;{{PAGENAME}}&#039;&#039;&#039; is an [[Alchemy]] craftable decoration item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Recipe ==&lt;br /&gt;
This recipe can only be obtained in [[The Rise]], and drops as loot from only 3 specific [[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]s that are all in a small room just southwest of the [[Flesh Flayer]]s (Location: 56.004, 25, 160.766; to get there, go to the rise shaft walkway where the troll is standing, then head through the south archway and head down the stairs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=120&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=93&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Mortar and Pestle&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=30 Chaos Plant Pollen;1 Dark Unicorn Blood;1 Light Unicorn Blood;1 Withered Flesh Flayer Baby;5 Pure Elemental Sand;5 Obsidian Chip&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Not Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Decorations]][[Category:Alchemy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145406</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145406"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T02:55:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone Where Found !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145405</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145405"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T02:50:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone Where Found !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?? [[Elrin Nayer]] (Lich Boss)??||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145404</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145404"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T02:48:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone Where Found !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|?? [[Skelryn Nayer]] (Lich Boss)?||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145403</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145403"/>
		<updated>2025-11-03T00:53:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.104.195: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting killed - For example, you can get killed from falling to far, from hostile creatures (if you have activated spawns), and from another player (if your dungeon is set to allow PVP). The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect there if you get killed in the dungeon. You can also add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module includes rooms, hallways, grottos, etc. that can be added to Player Dungeons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - in general, hallways do not have spawns, but room can. These rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: for rooms that are crafted from looted blueprints, they can be easily converted from decorative rooms to spawn rooms and vise vera using the converting recipes, which are all  [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hallways and Rooms can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon rooms/hallways are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted rooms/hallways all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some rooms/hallways can be purchased from NPC vendors (primarily [[Bookseller]]s), while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone Where Found !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]es&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]s&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Adding rooms and hallways to a player dungeon is done in Design Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
The rooms and hallways that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a room/hallway, and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the room/hallway that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected room/hallway. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another room/hallway - the room/hallway that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed room/hallway. If the room/hallway you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the room/hallway. Note: collision between hallways/rooms can still occur when the game allows you to place the dungeon piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each room/hallway has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger room/hallway has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the room/hallway in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many room/hallways your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in the name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in some non-spawn Player Dungeon rooms as decoration, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco in when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in the appropriate room, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.104.195</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>